Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 54156:aa281cba47ea
(Defining Faces): Add description for min-colors. Update example.
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 27 Feb 2004 17:07:15 +0000 |
parents | ccacbf7f76b2 |
children | d1e478a807f4 03a73693678e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,88,93,94,95,97,98,1999,2000,01,02,03,04 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 34 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
35 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 38 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 41 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "macterm.h" |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 79 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
80 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
81 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
82 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 83 |
84 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
85 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
86 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
87 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
91 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
99 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
101 #endif | |
25012 | 102 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
103 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
104 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 105 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
106 #endif | |
25012 | 107 |
108 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
109 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
110 | |
111 struct dim | |
112 { | |
113 int width; | |
114 int height; | |
115 }; | |
116 | |
117 | |
118 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
119 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
120 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
122 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
123 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 125 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
126 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
127 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
128 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
129 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
130 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
131 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 133 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
134 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
135 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
136 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
137 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
138 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
139 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 140 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
141 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 142 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
143 #endif |
25012 | 144 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
145 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
146 struct window *)); | |
147 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
148 struct window *)); | |
149 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
150 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
151 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
153 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
155 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
156 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
158 int, int)); | |
159 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
160 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
161 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
162 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 163 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
164 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 165 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
166 int)); | |
167 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
168 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
169 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 170 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
171 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
172 #endif |
25012 | 173 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
174 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
175 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
177 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
178 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
179 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 180 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
182 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
183 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
184 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 186 |
187 | |
188 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
189 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
190 scrolling. */ | |
191 | |
192 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
193 |
554 | 194 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 195 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 196 |
764 | 197 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 198 |
25012 | 199 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 200 |
201 int display_completed; | |
202 | |
25012 | 203 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
204 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 205 |
206 int visible_bell; | |
207 | |
764 | 208 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 209 |
210 int inverse_video; | |
211 | |
212 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
213 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
214 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 215 |
25012 | 216 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
217 is running. */ | |
314 | 218 |
219 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
220 | |
221 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 222 |
314 | 223 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
224 | |
25012 | 225 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
226 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 227 |
228 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 229 as a character code. |
230 | |
231 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
232 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 233 |
234 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
235 | |
236 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
237 | |
238 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
239 | |
25012 | 240 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
241 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 242 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
243 | |
314 | 244 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
245 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
246 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 247 |
314 | 248 |
25012 | 249 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
250 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
251 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
252 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 253 |
254 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 255 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 256 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
257 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 258 |
259 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
260 | |
261 /* Stdio stream being used for copy of all output. */ | |
262 | |
263 FILE *termscript; | |
264 | |
265 /* Structure for info on cursor positioning. */ | |
266 | |
267 struct cm Wcm; | |
268 | |
269 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
270 | |
271 int delayed_size_change; | |
272 | |
273 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
274 | |
275 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
276 | |
277 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
278 | |
279 struct window *updated_window; | |
280 | |
281 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
282 | |
283 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
284 int updated_area; | |
285 | |
286 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
287 | |
288 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
289 | |
290 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
291 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
292 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
293 | |
294 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
295 | |
296 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
297 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
298 | |
299 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
300 int glyph_pool_count; | |
301 | |
302 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
303 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
304 | |
305 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
306 | |
307 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from init_xterm. | |
308 A null value means we are not using window-based redisplay. */ | |
309 | |
310 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
311 | |
312 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
313 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
314 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
315 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
316 loaded on demand. */ | |
317 | |
318 int fonts_changed_p; | |
319 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
320 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 321 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
322 | |
323 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
324 | |
325 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
326 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
327 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
328 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
329 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
361 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
371 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
376 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
382 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
399 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
404 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
409 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
413 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
414 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 |
25012 | 429 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
430 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
431 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
432 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 433 |
434 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
435 | |
436 | |
437 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
438 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
439 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 440 |
441 void | |
442 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
443 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
444 char *to; |
314 | 445 int size; |
446 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
447 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 448 return; |
449 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
451 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
453 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
454 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 else |
314 | 458 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
459 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 461 |
462 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
463 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
464 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
465 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
466 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
467 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 468 if (to - from < 64) |
469 { | |
470 do | |
471 *--endt = *--endf; | |
472 while (endf != from); | |
473 } | |
474 else | |
475 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
476 for (;;) |
314 | 477 { |
478 endt -= (to - from); | |
479 endf -= (to - from); | |
480 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
481 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
482 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
483 |
314 | 484 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
485 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
487 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 488 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
489 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 490 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
491 } | |
492 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
314 | 494 |
25012 | 495 |
496 | |
497 /*********************************************************************** | |
498 Glyph Matrices | |
499 ***********************************************************************/ | |
500 | |
501 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
502 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
503 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
504 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
505 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
506 | |
507 struct glyph_matrix * | |
508 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
509 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
510 { | |
511 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
512 | |
513 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
514 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
515 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
516 | |
517 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
518 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
519 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
520 | |
521 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
522 result->pool = pool; | |
523 return result; | |
524 } | |
525 | |
526 | |
527 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
528 | |
529 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
530 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
531 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
532 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
533 |
25012 | 534 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
535 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
536 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
537 | |
538 static void | |
539 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
540 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
541 { | |
542 if (matrix) | |
543 { | |
544 int i; | |
545 | |
546 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
547 allocated. */ | |
548 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
549 abort (); | |
550 | |
551 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
552 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
553 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
554 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
555 |
25012 | 556 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
557 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
558 xfree (matrix); | |
559 } | |
560 } | |
561 | |
562 | |
563 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
564 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
565 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
566 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
567 or a float. */ | |
568 | |
569 static int | |
570 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
571 struct window *w; | |
572 int total_glyphs; | |
573 Lisp_Object margin; | |
574 { | |
575 int n; | |
576 | |
577 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
578 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
579 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 580 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
581 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
582 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
583 } | |
584 else | |
585 n = 0; | |
586 | |
587 return n; | |
588 } | |
589 | |
590 | |
591 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
592 window sizes. | |
593 | |
594 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
595 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
596 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
597 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
598 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
599 | |
600 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
601 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
602 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
603 MATRIX->pool. | |
604 | |
605 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
606 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
607 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
608 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
609 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
610 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
611 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
612 | |
613 static void | |
614 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
615 struct window *w; | |
616 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
617 int x, y; | |
618 struct dim dim; | |
619 { | |
620 int i; | |
621 int new_rows; | |
622 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 623 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
624 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 625 int left = -1, right = -1; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
626 int window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 627 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
628 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
629 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 630 if (w) |
631 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
632 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
633 |
25546 | 634 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
635 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 636 } |
25546 | 637 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 638 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
639 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
640 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 641 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
642 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
643 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
644 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
645 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
646 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 647 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
648 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
649 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
650 | |
651 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
652 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 653 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
654 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
655 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 656 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
657 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
658 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
659 return; | |
660 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
661 |
25012 | 662 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
663 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
664 { | |
665 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
666 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
667 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
668 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
669 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
670 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
671 } | |
672 else | |
673 new_rows = 0; | |
674 | |
675 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
676 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
677 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
678 if (matrix->pool) | |
679 { | |
680 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
681 |
25012 | 682 if (w) |
683 { | |
684 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
685 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 686 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
687 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 688 } |
689 else | |
690 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
691 |
25012 | 692 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
693 { | |
694 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
695 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
696 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 697 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
698 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
699 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
700 |
25012 | 701 if (w == NULL |
702 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 703 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 704 { |
705 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
706 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
707 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
708 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
709 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
710 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
711 } | |
712 else | |
713 { | |
714 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
715 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
716 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
717 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
718 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
719 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
720 } | |
721 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
722 |
25012 | 723 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
724 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
725 } | |
726 else | |
727 { | |
728 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
729 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
730 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 731 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
732 || new_rows | |
25546 | 733 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 734 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
735 { | |
736 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
737 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
738 |
25012 | 739 while (row < end) |
740 { | |
741 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
742 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
743 (dim.width | |
744 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
745 |
25012 | 746 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
747 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 748 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 749 { |
750 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
751 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
752 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
753 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
754 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
755 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
756 } | |
757 else | |
758 { | |
759 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
760 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
761 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
762 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
763 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
764 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
765 } | |
766 ++row; | |
767 } | |
768 } | |
769 | |
770 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
771 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
772 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
773 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
774 |
25012 | 775 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
776 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
777 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 778 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 if (w) |
25012 | 780 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
781 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 782 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
785 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
789 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
790 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
791 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
792 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
793 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
794 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
795 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
796 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
797 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
798 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
799 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
800 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
801 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
803 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
804 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
805 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
806 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
807 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
809 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
810 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
812 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
814 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
819 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
821 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
25012 | 823 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 825 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
826 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
827 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
828 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
829 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 830 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
831 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
832 } | |
833 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
834 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
835 |
25012 | 836 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
837 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
838 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
839 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
840 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
841 | |
842 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
843 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
844 if (w) | |
845 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
846 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
847 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 848 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
849 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
850 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
851 } | |
852 } | |
853 | |
854 | |
855 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
856 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
857 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
858 below). */ | |
314 | 859 |
860 static void | |
25012 | 861 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
862 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
863 int start, end; | |
314 | 864 { |
25012 | 865 int i, j; |
866 | |
867 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
868 { | |
869 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
870 initialization. */ | |
871 struct glyph_row temp; | |
872 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
873 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
874 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
875 } | |
314 | 876 } |
877 | |
25012 | 878 |
879 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
880 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
881 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
882 row structures are moved around). | |
883 | |
884 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
885 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
886 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
887 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
888 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
889 rotating right. */ | |
890 | |
891 void | |
892 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
893 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
894 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 895 { |
25012 | 896 if (by < 0) |
897 { | |
898 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
899 by = -by; | |
900 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
901 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
902 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
903 } | |
904 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 905 { |
25012 | 906 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
907 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
908 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
909 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 910 } |
25012 | 911 } |
912 | |
913 | |
914 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
915 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
916 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
917 | |
918 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
919 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 920 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
921 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
922 { | |
923 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
924 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
925 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
926 xassert (start <= end); | |
927 | |
928 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
929 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 930 } |
931 | |
932 | |
933 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
934 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
935 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
936 | |
937 void | |
938 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
939 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
940 int start, end; | |
941 int enabled_p; | |
942 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
943 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
944 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
945 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
946 |
25012 | 947 for (; start < end; ++start) |
948 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
949 } | |
950 | |
951 | |
952 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
953 | |
954 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
955 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
956 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
957 enabled_p flag. | |
958 | |
959 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
960 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
961 | |
962 void | |
963 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
964 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
965 { | |
966 if (matrix) | |
314 | 967 { |
25012 | 968 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
969 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 970 } |
971 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
972 |
25012 | 973 |
974 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
975 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
976 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
977 | |
978 void | |
979 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
980 struct window *w; | |
981 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
982 int start, end, dy; | |
983 { | |
984 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
985 |
25012 | 986 xassert (start <= end); |
987 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
988 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
989 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
990 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
991 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
992 |
25012 | 993 for (; start < end; ++start) |
994 { | |
995 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
996 |
25012 | 997 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
998 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
999 |
25012 | 1000 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1001 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1002 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1003 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1004 } |
1005 } | |
1006 | |
1007 | |
1008 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1009 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1010 current matrix. */ | |
1011 | |
1012 void | |
1013 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1014 register struct frame *f; | |
1015 { | |
1016 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1017 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1018 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1019 | |
1020 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1021 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1022 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1023 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1024 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1025 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1026 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1027 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1028 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1029 |
1030 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1031 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1032 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1033 } | |
1034 | |
1035 | |
1036 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1037 |
21514 | 1038 void |
25012 | 1039 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1040 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1041 { |
25012 | 1042 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1043 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1044 |
25012 | 1045 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
1046 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1047 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1048 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1049 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1050 |
1051 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1052 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1053 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1054 } | |
1055 | |
1056 | |
1057 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1058 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1059 | |
1060 static void | |
1061 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1062 struct window *w; | |
1063 int desired_p; | |
1064 { | |
1065 while (w) | |
314 | 1066 { |
25012 | 1067 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1068 { | |
1069 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1070 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1071 } | |
1072 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1073 { |
25012 | 1074 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1075 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1076 } | |
1077 else | |
1078 { | |
1079 if (desired_p) | |
1080 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1081 else | |
314 | 1082 { |
25012 | 1083 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1084 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1085 } |
25012 | 1086 } |
1087 | |
1088 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1089 } | |
1090 } | |
1091 | |
1092 | |
1093 | |
1094 /*********************************************************************** | |
1095 Glyph Rows | |
1096 | |
1097 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1098 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1099 | |
1100 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1101 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1102 structure members. */ | |
1103 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1104 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
25012 | 1106 void |
1107 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1108 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1109 { | |
1110 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1111 | |
1112 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1113 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1114 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1115 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1116 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1117 | |
1118 /* Clear. */ | |
1119 *row = null_row; | |
1120 | |
1121 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1122 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1123 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1124 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1125 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1127 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1128 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1132 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1133 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1134 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1135 #endif |
25012 | 1136 } |
1137 | |
1138 | |
1139 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1140 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1141 | |
1142 void | |
1143 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1144 struct window *w; | |
1145 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1146 int y; | |
1147 { | |
1148 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1150 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1151 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1152 |
25012 | 1153 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1154 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1155 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1156 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1157 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
25012 | 1159 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1160 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1161 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1162 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1163 |
1164 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1165 } | |
1166 | |
1167 | |
1168 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1169 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1170 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1171 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1172 ends. */ | |
1173 | |
1174 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1175 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1176 struct glyph_row *row; |
1177 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1178 { | |
1179 int area, i; | |
1180 | |
1181 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1182 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1183 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1184 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1185 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1186 | |
1187 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1188 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1189 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1190 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1191 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1192 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1193 | |
1194 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1195 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1196 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1197 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1198 } | |
1199 | |
1200 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1201 #if 0 |
25012 | 1202 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1203 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1204 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1205 | |
1206 static void | |
1207 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1208 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1209 { | |
1210 int area; | |
1211 | |
1212 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1213 { | |
1214 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1215 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1216 | |
1217 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1218 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1219 | |
1220 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1221 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1222 | |
1223 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1224 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1225 | |
1226 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1227 { | |
1228 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1229 initialization. */ | |
1230 struct glyph temp; | |
1231 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1232 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1233 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1234 ++glyph_a; | |
1235 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1236 } |
1237 } | |
1238 } | |
25012 | 1239 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1240 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1241 |
1242 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1243 | |
1244 static INLINE void | |
1245 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1246 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1247 { | |
1248 int i; | |
1249 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1250 { | |
1251 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1252 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1253 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1254 } | |
1255 } | |
1256 | |
1257 | |
1258 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1259 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1260 | |
1261 INLINE void | |
1262 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1263 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1264 { | |
1265 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1266 | |
1267 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1268 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1269 | |
1270 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1271 *to = *from; | |
1272 | |
1273 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1274 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1275 } | |
1276 | |
1277 | |
1278 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1279 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1280 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1281 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1282 | |
1283 void | |
1284 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1285 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1286 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1287 { | |
1288 int area; | |
1289 | |
1290 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1291 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1292 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1293 | |
1294 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1295 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1296 if (from->used[area]) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1297 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], |
25012 | 1298 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
1299 | |
1300 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1301 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1302 } |
1303 | |
1304 | |
1305 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1306 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1307 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1308 a memory leak. */ | |
1309 | |
1310 static INLINE void | |
1311 assign_row (to, from) | |
1312 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1313 { | |
1314 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1315 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1316 } | |
1317 | |
1318 | |
1319 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1320 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1321 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1322 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1323 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1324 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1325 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1326 |
25012 | 1327 static int |
1328 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1329 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1330 { | |
1331 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1332 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1333 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1334 | |
1335 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1336 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1337 } | |
1338 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1339 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1340 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1341 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
25012 | 1343 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1344 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1345 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1346 | |
1347 static struct glyph_row * | |
1348 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1349 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1350 int row; | |
1351 { | |
1352 int i; | |
1353 | |
1354 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1355 | |
1356 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1357 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1358 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1359 break; | |
1360 | |
1361 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1362 } | |
1363 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1364 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1365 |
1366 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1367 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1368 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1369 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1370 | |
1371 void | |
1372 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1373 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1374 { | |
1375 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1376 { | |
1377 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1378 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1379 } | |
1380 } | |
1381 | |
1382 | |
1383 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1384 | |
1385 int | |
1386 line_hash_code (row) | |
1387 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1388 { | |
1389 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
25012 | 1391 if (row->enabled_p) |
1392 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1393 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1394 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1395 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1396 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1397 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1398 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1399 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1400 if (must_write_spaces) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1401 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1402 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1403 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1404 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1405 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1406 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1407 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1408 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1409 } |
1410 | |
1411 return hash; | |
1412 } | |
1413 | |
1414 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1415 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1416 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1417 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1418 | |
1419 static unsigned int | |
1420 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1421 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1422 int vpos; | |
1423 { | |
1424 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1425 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1426 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1427 int len; | |
1428 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1429 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1430 | |
1431 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
1432 if (!must_write_spaces) | |
1433 { | |
1434 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1435 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1436 --end; |
1437 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1438 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1439 if (end == beg) |
1440 return 0; | |
1441 | |
1442 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1443 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1444 ++beg; | |
1445 } | |
1446 | |
1447 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1448 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1449 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1450 len = end - beg; | |
1451 else | |
1452 { | |
1453 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1454 in LEN. */ | |
1455 len = 0; | |
1456 while (beg < end) | |
1457 { | |
1458 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1459 |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1460 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1461 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1462 len += 1; |
1463 else | |
1464 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1465 |
25012 | 1466 ++beg; |
1467 } | |
1468 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1469 |
25012 | 1470 return len; |
1471 } | |
1472 | |
1473 | |
1474 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1475 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1476 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1477 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1478 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1479 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1480 static INLINE int |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1481 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1482 struct window *w; |
1483 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1484 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1485 { |
1486 if (a == b) | |
1487 return 1; | |
1488 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1489 return 0; | |
1490 else | |
1491 { | |
1492 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1493 int area; | |
1494 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1495 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1496 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1497 |
25012 | 1498 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1499 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1500 { | |
1501 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1502 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1503 |
25012 | 1504 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1505 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1506 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
25012 | 1508 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1509 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1510 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
25012 | 1512 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1513 return 0; | |
1514 } | |
1515 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1516 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1517 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1518 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1519 || a->left_fringe_face_id != b->left_fringe_face_id |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1520 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1521 || a->right_fringe_face_id != b->right_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1522 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1523 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1524 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1525 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1526 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1527 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1528 || a->x != b->x | |
1529 /* Different height. */ | |
1530 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1531 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1532 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1533 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1534 return 0; | |
1535 } | |
1536 | |
1537 return 1; | |
1538 } | |
1539 | |
1540 | |
314 | 1541 |
25012 | 1542 /*********************************************************************** |
1543 Glyph Pool | |
1544 | |
1545 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1546 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1547 | |
1548 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1549 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1550 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1551 | |
1552 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1553 new_glyph_pool () | |
1554 { | |
1555 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1556 | |
1557 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1558 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1559 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1560 |
25012 | 1561 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1562 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
25012 | 1564 return result; |
1565 } | |
1566 | |
1567 | |
1568 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1569 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1570 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1571 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1572 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1573 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1574 | |
1575 static void | |
1576 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1577 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1578 { | |
1579 if (pool) | |
1580 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1581 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1582 --glyph_pool_count; |
1583 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1584 | |
1585 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1586 xfree (pool); | |
1587 } | |
1588 } | |
1589 | |
1590 | |
1591 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1592 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1593 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1594 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1595 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1596 | |
1597 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1598 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1599 | |
1600 static int | |
1601 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1602 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1603 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1604 { | |
1605 int needed; | |
1606 int changed_p; | |
1607 | |
1608 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1609 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1610 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1611 | |
1612 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1613 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1614 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1615 { | |
1616 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1617 | |
1618 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1619 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1620 else | |
1621 { | |
1622 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1623 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1624 } | |
1625 | |
1626 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1627 } | |
1628 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1629 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1630 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1631 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1632 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1633 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1634 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1635 |
25012 | 1636 return changed_p; |
1637 } | |
1638 | |
1639 | |
1640 | |
1641 /*********************************************************************** | |
1642 Debug Code | |
1643 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1644 | |
1645 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1646 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1647 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1648 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1649 the debugger. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1650 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1651 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1652 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1653 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1654 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1655 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1656 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1657 |
25012 | 1658 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1659 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1660 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1661 MATRIX. */ | |
1662 | |
1663 void | |
1664 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1665 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1666 { | |
1667 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1668 |
25012 | 1669 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1670 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1671 xassert (i == j | |
1672 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1673 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1674 } | |
1675 | |
1676 | |
1677 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1678 | |
1679 struct glyph_row * | |
1680 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1681 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1682 int row; | |
1683 { | |
1684 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1685 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1686 | |
1687 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1688 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1689 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1690 #if 0 |
25012 | 1691 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1692 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1693 |
25012 | 1694 return matrix->rows + row; |
1695 } | |
1696 | |
1697 | |
1698 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1699 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1700 nevertheless. */ | |
1701 | |
1702 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1703 window W. */ | |
1704 | |
1705 static void | |
1706 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1707 struct window *w; |
1708 { | |
25012 | 1709 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1710 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1711 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1712 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1713 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1714 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1715 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1716 |
25012 | 1717 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1718 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1719 return; | |
1720 | |
1721 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1722 | |
1723 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1724 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1725 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1726 { | |
1727 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1728 | |
1729 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1730 last_text_row = row; | |
1731 | |
1732 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1733 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1734 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1735 | |
1736 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1737 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1738 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1739 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1740 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1741 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1742 | |
1743 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1744 of next row. */ | |
1745 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1746 { | |
1747 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1748 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1749 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1750 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1751 } | |
1752 row = next; | |
1753 } | |
1754 | |
1755 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1756 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1757 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1758 } | |
1759 | |
1760 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1761 | |
1762 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1763 | |
1764 | |
1765 | |
1766 /********************************************************************** | |
1767 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1768 **********************************************************************/ | |
1769 | |
1770 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1771 redisplay | |
1772 | |
1773 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1774 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1775 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1776 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1777 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1778 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1779 performed. | |
1780 | |
1781 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1782 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1783 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1784 | |
1785 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1786 | |
1787 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1788 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1789 | |
1790 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1791 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1792 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1793 |
1794 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1795 function. | |
1796 | |
1797 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1798 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1799 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1800 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1801 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1802 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1803 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1804 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1805 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1806 | |
1807 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1808 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1809 necessary. | |
1810 | |
1811 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1812 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1813 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1814 windows in the sequence. | |
1815 | |
1816 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1817 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1818 | | | | | | |
1819 | | | | | |
1820 +---------+ | | result height | |
1821 | +---------+ | |
1822 | | | | |
1823 +----------+ --- | |
1824 | |
1825 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1826 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1827 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1828 | |
1829 |<---- result width -->| | |
1830 +---------+ --- | |
1831 | | | | |
1832 | | | | |
1833 +---------+--+ | | |
1834 | | | | |
1835 | | result height | |
1836 | | | |
1837 +------------+---------+ | | |
1838 | | | | |
1839 | | | | |
1840 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1841 | |
1842 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1843 allocated. */ | |
1844 | |
1845 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1846 | |
1847 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1848 size. */ | |
1849 | |
1850 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1851 | |
1852 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1853 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1854 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1855 Lisp_Object window; |
1856 int x, y; | |
1857 int dim_only_p; | |
1858 int *window_change_flags; | |
1859 { | |
1860 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1861 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1862 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1863 struct dim total; | |
1864 struct dim dim; | |
1865 struct window *w; | |
1866 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1867 | |
1868 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1869 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1870 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1871 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1872 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1873 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1874 in_horz_combination_p | |
1875 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1876 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1877 | |
1878 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1879 do |
25012 | 1880 { |
1881 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1882 | |
1883 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1884 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1885 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1886 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1887 dim_only_p, |
1888 window_change_flags); | |
1889 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1890 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1891 dim_only_p, |
1892 window_change_flags); | |
1893 else | |
1894 { | |
1895 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1896 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1897 { | |
1898 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1899 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1900 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1901 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1902 |
25012 | 1903 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1904 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1905 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1906 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1907 |
1908 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1909 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1910 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1911 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1912 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1913 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1914 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1915 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1916 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1917 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1918 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1919 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1920 | |
1921 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1922 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1923 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1924 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1925 necessary. */ | |
1926 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1927 { | |
1928 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1929 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1930 } | |
1931 } | |
1932 | |
1933 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1934 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1935 below W. */ | |
1936 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1937 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1938 else |
25012 | 1939 y += dim.height; |
1940 | |
1941 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1942 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1943 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1944 | |
1945 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1946 window = w->next; | |
1947 } | |
1948 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1949 | |
1950 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1951 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1952 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1953 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1954 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1955 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1956 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1957 { | |
1958 total.width = x - x0; | |
1959 total.height = hmax; | |
1960 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1961 else |
25012 | 1962 { |
1963 total.width = wmax; | |
1964 total.height = y - y0; | |
1965 } | |
1966 | |
1967 return total; | |
1968 } | |
1969 | |
1970 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1973 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1974 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1975 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1976 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1980 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1983 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1984 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1987 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1988 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1989 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1994 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1995 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1996 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2004 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2005 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2009 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2010 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2015 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2016 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2019 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2020 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2021 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2022 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2023 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 |
25012 | 2026 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2027 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2028 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2029 |
25012 | 2030 static void |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2031 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2032 struct window *w; |
2033 { | |
2034 while (w) | |
314 | 2035 { |
25012 | 2036 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2037 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2038 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2039 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2040 else |
314 | 2041 { |
25012 | 2042 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2043 struct dim dim; | |
2044 | |
2045 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2046 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2047 { |
25012 | 2048 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2049 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2050 } |
25012 | 2051 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2052 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2053 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2054 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2055 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2056 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2057 |
25012 | 2058 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
2059 } | |
2060 } | |
2061 | |
2062 | |
2063 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2064 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2065 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2066 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2067 | |
2068 void | |
2069 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2070 struct frame *f; | |
2071 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2072 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2073 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2074 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2075 |
25012 | 2076 if (f) |
2077 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2078 else | |
2079 { | |
2080 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2081 |
25012 | 2082 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2083 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2084 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2085 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2086 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2087 } |
2088 | |
2089 | |
2090 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2092 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2093 |
25012 | 2094 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2095 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2096 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2097 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2098 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2099 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2100 | |
2101 static void | |
2102 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2103 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2104 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2105 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2106 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2107 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2108 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2109 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2110 |
2111 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2112 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2113 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2114 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2115 |
2116 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2117 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2118 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2119 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2120 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2121 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2122 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2123 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2124 |
25012 | 2125 |
2126 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2127 | |
2128 static void | |
2129 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2130 struct frame *f; | |
2131 { | |
2132 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2133 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2134 else | |
2135 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2136 |
25012 | 2137 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2138 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2139 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2140 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2141 | |
2142 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2143 } | |
2144 | |
2145 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2149 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2153 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2158 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2165 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2166 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2167 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2170 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2171 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2176 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2183 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2184 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2185 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2186 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2187 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2188 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2191 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2192 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2193 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2194 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2195 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2196 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2198 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2217 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2221 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2224 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2225 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2226 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2227 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2228 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2229 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2230 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2231 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2232 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2233 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2234 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2235 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2236 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2237 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2238 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2239 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2240 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2241 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2242 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2243 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2244 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2245 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2246 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2248 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2249 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2250 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2252 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2253 |
25012 | 2254 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2255 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2256 | |
2257 static void | |
2258 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2259 struct frame *f; | |
2260 { | |
2261 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2262 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2263 int pool_changed_p; | |
2264 int window_change_flags; | |
2265 int top_window_y; | |
2266 | |
2267 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2268 return; | |
2269 | |
2270 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2271 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2272 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
25012 | 2274 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); |
2275 | |
2276 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2277 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2278 { | |
2279 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2280 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2281 } | |
2282 | |
2283 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2284 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2285 { | |
2286 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2287 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2288 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
25012 | 2290 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2291 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2292 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2293 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2294 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2295 matrix. */ | |
2296 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2297 matrix_dim | |
2298 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2299 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2300 1, |
25012 | 2301 &window_change_flags); |
2302 | |
2303 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2304 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2305 | |
2306 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2307 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2308 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2309 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2310 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2311 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2312 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2313 { | |
2314 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2315 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2316 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2317 &window_change_flags); |
2318 | |
2319 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2320 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2321 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2322 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2323 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2324 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2325 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2326 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2328 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2329 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2330 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2331 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2333 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2334 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2335 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2336 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2337 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2338 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2339 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2340 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2341 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2342 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2343 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2344 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2345 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2346 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2347 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2348 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2349 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2350 } |
25012 | 2351 } |
2352 } | |
2353 | |
2354 | |
2355 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2356 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2357 | |
2358 static void | |
2359 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2360 struct frame *f; | |
2361 { | |
2362 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2363 struct window *w; | |
2364 | |
2365 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
25012 | 2367 /* Get minimum sizes. */ |
2368 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2369 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2370 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2371 #else | |
2372 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2373 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
25012 | 2375 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2376 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2377 |
2378 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2379 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2380 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2381 { |
2382 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2383 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2384 { | |
2385 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2386 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2387 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2388 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2389 } | |
2390 else | |
2391 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2392 | |
2393 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2394 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2395 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2396 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2397 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2398 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2399 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2400 } |
2401 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2402 | |
49322 | 2403 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2404 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2405 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2406 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2407 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2408 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2409 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2410 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2411 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2412 } | |
2413 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2414 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2415 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2416 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2417 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2418 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2419 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2420 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2421 #endif |
25012 | 2422 } |
2423 | |
2424 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2425 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2426 |
2427 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2428 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2429 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2430 | |
2431 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2432 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2433 | |
2434 static void | |
2435 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2436 struct frame *f; | |
2437 { | |
2438 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2439 | |
2440 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2441 { | |
2442 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2443 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2444 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2445 } | |
2446 else | |
2447 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2448 } | |
2449 | |
2450 | |
2451 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2452 | |
2453 static void | |
2454 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2455 struct frame *f; | |
2456 { | |
2457 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2458 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2459 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2460 } | |
2461 | |
2462 | |
2463 | |
2464 /********************************************************************** | |
2465 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2466 **********************************************************************/ | |
2467 | |
2468 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2469 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2470 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2471 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2472 | |
2473 void | |
2474 free_glyphs (f) | |
2475 struct frame *f; | |
2476 { | |
2477 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2478 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2479 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2480 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2481 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2482 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2483 |
25012 | 2484 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2485 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2486 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2487 | |
2488 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2489 glyph matrices. */ | |
2490 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2491 { | |
2492 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2493 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2494 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2495 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2496 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2497 } | |
2498 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2499 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2500 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2501 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2502 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2503 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2504 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2505 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2506 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2507 } |
2508 | |
2509 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2510 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2511 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2512 { | |
2513 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2514 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2515 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2516 } | |
2517 | |
2518 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2519 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2520 { | |
2521 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2522 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2523 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2524 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2526 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2527 } |
2528 } | |
2529 | |
25012 | 2530 |
2531 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2532 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2533 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2534 | |
2535 void | |
2536 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2537 struct window *w; | |
2538 { | |
2539 while (w) | |
2540 { | |
2541 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2542 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2543 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2544 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2545 else |
25012 | 2546 { |
2547 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2548 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2549 W. */ | |
2550 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2551 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2552 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2553 } | |
2554 | |
2555 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2556 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2557 } | |
2558 } | |
2559 | |
2560 | |
2561 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2562 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2563 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2564 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2565 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2566 void |
25012 | 2567 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2568 { |
25012 | 2569 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2570 | |
2571 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2572 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2573 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2574 | |
2575 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2576 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2577 abort (); | |
2578 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2579 abort (); | |
2580 } | |
2581 | |
2582 | |
2583 | |
2584 /********************************************************************** | |
2585 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2586 **********************************************************************/ | |
2587 | |
2588 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2589 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2590 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2591 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2592 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2593 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2594 window matrices in this section. | |
2595 | |
2596 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2597 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2598 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2599 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2600 | |
2601 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2602 | desired | desired | | |
2603 | | | | |
2604 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2605 | current | | |
2606 | | | |
2607 +----------------------------------+ | |
2608 | |
2609 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2610 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2611 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2612 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2613 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2614 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2615 | |
2616 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2617 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2618 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2619 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2620 |
25012 | 2621 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2622 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2623 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2624 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2625 | |
2626 This problem is solved like this: | |
2627 | |
2628 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2629 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2630 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2631 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2632 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2633 |
25012 | 2634 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2635 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2636 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2637 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2638 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2639 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2640 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2641 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2642 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2643 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2644 | |
2645 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2646 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2647 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2648 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2649 | |
2650 static void | |
2651 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2652 struct frame *f; | |
2653 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2654 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2655 |
25012 | 2656 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2657 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2658 |
25012 | 2659 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2660 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2661 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2662 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2663 | |
2664 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2665 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2666 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2667 } | |
2668 | |
2669 | |
2670 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2671 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2672 | |
2673 static void | |
2674 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2675 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2676 struct window *w; | |
2677 { | |
2678 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2679 { |
25012 | 2680 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2681 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2682 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2683 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2684 else | |
2685 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2686 | |
2687 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2688 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2689 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2690 |
25012 | 2691 |
2692 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2693 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2694 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2695 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2696 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2697 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2698 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2699 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2700 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2701 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2702 | |
2703 static void | |
2704 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2705 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2706 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2707 { |
25012 | 2708 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2709 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2710 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2711 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2712 | |
2713 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2714 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2715 { | |
2716 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2717 | |
2718 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2719 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2720 { | |
2721 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2722 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2723 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2724 : '|'); | |
2725 } | |
2726 } | |
2727 else | |
2728 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2729 | |
2730 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2731 frame matrix. */ | |
2732 window_y = 0; | |
2733 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2734 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2735 { |
25012 | 2736 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2737 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2738 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2739 |
2740 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2741 window row. */ | |
2742 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2743 | |
2744 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2745 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2746 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2747 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2748 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2749 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2750 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2751 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2752 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2753 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2754 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2755 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2756 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2757 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2758 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2759 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2760 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2761 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2762 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2763 } | |
2764 else | |
2765 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2766 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2767 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2768 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2769 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2770 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2771 |
25012 | 2772 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2773 windows. */ | |
2774 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2775 { | |
2776 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2777 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2778 } | |
2779 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2780 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2781 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2782 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2783 |
25012 | 2784 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2785 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2786 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2787 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2788 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2789 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2790 #endif |
25012 | 2791 } |
2792 | |
2793 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2794 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2795 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2796 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2797 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2798 | |
2799 /* Next row. */ | |
2800 ++window_y; | |
2801 ++frame_y; | |
2802 } | |
2803 } | |
2804 | |
2805 | |
2806 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2807 | |
2808 Each row has the form: | |
2809 | |
2810 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2811 | left | text | right | | |
2812 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2813 | |
2814 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2815 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2816 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2817 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2818 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2819 | |
2820 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2821 | |
2822 static void | |
2823 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2824 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2825 { | |
2826 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2827 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2828 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2829 } | |
2830 | |
2831 | |
2832 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2833 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2834 | |
2835 static void | |
2836 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2837 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2838 int area; | |
2839 { | |
2840 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2841 { | |
2842 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2843 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2844 | |
2845 while (text < end) | |
2846 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2847 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2848 } | |
2849 } | |
2850 | |
2851 | |
2852 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2853 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2854 | |
2855 static void | |
2856 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2857 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2858 int upto; | |
2859 { | |
2860 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2861 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
25012 | 2863 while (i < upto) |
2864 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2865 | |
2866 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2867 } | |
2868 | |
2869 | |
2870 | |
2871 /********************************************************************** | |
2872 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2873 **********************************************************************/ | |
2874 | |
2875 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2876 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2877 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2878 | |
2879 static INLINE void | |
2880 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2881 struct frame *f; | |
2882 { | |
2883 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2884 } | |
2885 | |
2886 | |
2887 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2888 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2889 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2890 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2891 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2892 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2893 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2894 | |
2895 static INLINE void | |
2896 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2897 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2898 int row; | |
2899 { | |
2900 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2901 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2902 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2903 |
2904 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2905 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2906 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2907 | |
2908 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2909 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2910 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2911 |
2912 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2913 for window matrices. */ | |
2914 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2915 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2916 } | |
2917 | |
2918 | |
2919 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2920 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2921 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2922 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2923 | |
2924 static void | |
2925 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2926 struct window *w; | |
2927 int frame_row; | |
2928 { | |
2929 while (w) | |
2930 { | |
2931 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2932 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2933 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2934 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2935 else | |
2936 { | |
2937 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2938 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2939 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2940 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2941 | |
2942 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2943 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2944 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2945 { |
25012 | 2946 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2947 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2948 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2949 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2950 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2951 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2952 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2953 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2954 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2955 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2956 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2957 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2958 |
25012 | 2959 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2960 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2961 } |
25012 | 2962 |
2963 | |
2964 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2965 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2966 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2967 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2968 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2969 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2970 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2971 | |
2972 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
25012 | 2974 void |
2975 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2976 retained_p) | |
2977 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2978 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2979 int *copy_from; | |
2980 char *retained_p; | |
2981 { | |
2982 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2983 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2984 | |
2985 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2986 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2987 |
25012 | 2988 int i; |
2989 | |
2990 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2991 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2992 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2993 | |
2994 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2995 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2996 { | |
2997 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2998 | |
2999 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
3000 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
3001 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
3002 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3003 | |
3004 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
3005 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3006 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
3007 } | |
3008 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3009 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 3010 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
3011 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
3012 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3013 } | |
3014 | |
3015 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3017 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3022 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3023 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3024 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3025 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3026 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3027 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3028 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3029 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3030 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3031 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3032 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3033 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3034 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3035 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3037 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3038 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3040 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3041 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3042 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3043 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3044 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3045 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3046 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3047 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3048 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3049 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3058 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3059 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3061 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3062 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3064 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3065 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3066 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3067 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3068 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3069 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3070 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3071 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3072 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3073 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3074 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3075 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3076 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3077 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3078 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3079 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3080 |
25012 | 3081 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3082 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3083 | |
3084 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3085 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3086 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3087 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3088 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3089 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3090 which is empty. */ | |
3091 | |
3092 static void | |
3093 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3094 struct window *w; | |
3095 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3096 int *copy_from; | |
3097 char *retained_p; | |
3098 { | |
3099 while (w) | |
3100 { | |
3101 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3102 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3103 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3104 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3105 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3106 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3107 else | |
3108 { | |
3109 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3110 matrix m. */ | |
3111 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3112 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3113 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3114 | |
3115 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3116 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3117 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3118 | |
3119 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3120 { | |
3121 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3122 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3123 |
25012 | 3124 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3125 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3126 |
25012 | 3127 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3128 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3129 |
25012 | 3130 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3131 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3132 |
25012 | 3133 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3134 int from_inside_window_p | |
3135 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3136 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3137 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3138 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3139 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3140 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3141 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3142 { |
3143 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3144 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3145 |
25012 | 3146 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3147 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3148 that. */ | |
3149 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3150 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3151 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3152 |
25012 | 3153 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3154 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3155 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3156 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3157 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3158 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3160 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3166 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3167 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3168 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3169 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3170 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3171 m2->rows + m2_from); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3172 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3173 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3174 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3175 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3176 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3177 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3178 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3179 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3180 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3181 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3182 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3183 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3184 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3185 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
25012 | 3187 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3188 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3189 } | |
3190 | |
3191 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3192 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3193 } | |
3194 } | |
3195 | |
3196 | |
3197 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3198 | |
3199 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3200 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3201 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3202 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3203 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3204 |
21514 | 3205 void |
25012 | 3206 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3207 struct window *w; |
3208 { | |
25012 | 3209 while (w) |
3210 { | |
3211 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3212 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3213 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3214 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3215 else | |
3216 { | |
3217 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3218 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3219 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3220 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3221 |
25012 | 3222 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3223 } | |
3224 } | |
3225 | |
3226 | |
3227 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3228 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3229 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3230 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3231 | |
3232 static void | |
3233 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3234 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3235 { | |
3236 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3237 int i = 0; | |
3238 | |
3239 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3240 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3241 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3242 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3243 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3244 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3245 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3246 { | |
3247 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3248 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3249 abort (); | |
3250 ++i, ++j; | |
3251 } | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3255 | |
3256 | |
3257 | |
3258 /********************************************************************** | |
3259 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3260 **********************************************************************/ | |
3261 | |
3262 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3263 | |
3264 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3265 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3266 | |
3267 static int | |
3268 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3269 struct window *w; | |
3270 int vpos; | |
3271 { | |
3272 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3273 |
25012 | 3274 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3275 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3276 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3277 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3278 return vpos; |
3279 } | |
3280 | |
3281 | |
3282 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3283 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3284 |
3285 static int | |
3286 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3287 struct window *w; | |
3288 int hpos; | |
3289 { | |
3290 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3291 |
25012 | 3292 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3293 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3294 return hpos; |
314 | 3295 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3296 |
25012 | 3297 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3298 | |
3299 | |
314 | 3300 |
25012 | 3301 /********************************************************************** |
3302 Redrawing Frames | |
3303 **********************************************************************/ | |
3304 | |
3305 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3306 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3307 (frame) |
25012 | 3308 Lisp_Object frame; |
3309 { | |
3310 struct frame *f; | |
3311 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3312 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3313 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3314 | |
3315 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3316 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3317 called so early here). */ | |
3318 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3319 return Qnil; | |
3320 | |
3321 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3322 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3323 set_terminal_modes (); |
3324 clear_frame (); | |
3325 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3326 update_end (f); | |
3327 fflush (stdout); | |
3328 windows_or_buffers_changed++; | |
3329 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3330 its redisplay done. */ | |
3331 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3332 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3333 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3334 return Qnil; | |
3335 } | |
3336 | |
3337 | |
3338 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3339 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3340 | |
3341 void | |
3342 redraw_frame (f) | |
3343 struct frame *f; | |
3344 { | |
3345 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3346 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3347 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3348 } | |
3349 | |
3350 | |
3351 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3352 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3353 () |
25012 | 3354 { |
3355 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3356 | |
3357 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3358 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3359 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3360 | |
3361 return Qnil; | |
3362 } | |
3363 | |
3364 | |
3365 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3366 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3367 | |
3368 void | |
3369 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3370 { | |
3371 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3372 | |
3373 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3374 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3375 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3376 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3377 } | |
3378 | |
3379 | |
3380 | |
3381 /*********************************************************************** | |
3382 Direct Operations | |
3383 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3384 | |
3385 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3386 | |
3387 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3388 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3389 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3390 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3391 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3392 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3393 | |
3394 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3395 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3396 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3397 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3398 |
3399 int | |
3400 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3401 int g; | |
3402 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3403 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3404 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3405 struct it it, it2; | |
3406 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3407 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3408 int n; | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3409 /* Non-null means that redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3410 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); |
3411 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3412 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3413 int added_width; | |
3414 struct text_pos pos; | |
3415 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3416 | |
3417 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3418 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3419 | |
3420 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3421 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3422 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3423 || fonts_changed_p | |
3424 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3425 || face_change_count | |
3426 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3427 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3428 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3429 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3430 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3431 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3432 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3433 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3434 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3435 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3436 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3437 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3438 || (overwrite_p |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3439 && PT != ZV |
25012 | 3440 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') |
3441 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3442 || g == '\t' | |
3443 || g == '\n' | |
3444 || g == '\r' | |
3445 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3446 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3447 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3448 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3449 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3450 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3451 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3452 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3453 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3454 (glyph_row->continued_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3455 || glyph_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3456 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3457 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3458 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3459 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3460 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3461 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3462 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3463 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3464 return 0; | |
3465 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3466 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3467 at the end of a line. */ |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3468 if (!char_ins_del_ok) |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3469 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3470 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3471 |
25012 | 3472 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3473 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3474 position. */ | |
3475 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3476 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3477 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3478 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3479 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3480 | |
3481 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3482 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3483 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3484 |
25012 | 3485 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing |
3486 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3487 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3488 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3489 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3490 { | |
3491 struct glyph *last; | |
3492 | |
3493 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3494 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3495 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3496 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3497 return 0; |
3498 } | |
3499 | |
3500 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3501 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3502 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3503 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3504 |
25012 | 3505 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; |
3506 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3507 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3508 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3509 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3510 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3511 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3512 |
3513 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3514 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3515 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a |
25012 | 3516 combination of both. */ |
3517 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3518 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3519 { | |
3520 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3521 | |
3522 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3523 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3524 return 0; | |
3525 | |
3526 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3527 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3528 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3529 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3530 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3531 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3532 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3533 return 0; | |
3534 | |
3535 delta += 1; | |
3536 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3537 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3538 } |
3539 | |
3540 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3541 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3542 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3543 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3544 return 0; |
3545 | |
25012 | 3546 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3547 it2 = it; | |
3548 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3549 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3550 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3551 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3552 { | |
3553 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3554 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3555 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3556 } |
3557 | |
3558 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3559 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3560 | |
3561 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3562 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3563 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3564 | |
3565 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3566 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3567 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3568 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3569 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3570 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3571 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3572 |
25012 | 3573 /* Compute new line width. */ |
3574 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3575 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3576 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3577 while (glyph < end) | |
3578 { | |
3579 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3580 ++glyph; | |
3581 } | |
3582 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3583 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly |
25012 | 3584 inserted ones. */ |
3585 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3586 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3587 glyph->charpos += delta; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3588 |
25012 | 3589 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) |
3590 { | |
3591 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3592 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3593 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3594 |
25012 | 3595 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3596 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3597 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3598 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3599 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3600 |
3601 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3602 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3603 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3604 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3605 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3606 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3607 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3608 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3609 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3610 | |
3611 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3612 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3613 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3614 and updated_row. */ | |
3615 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3616 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3617 update_begin (f); |
3618 if (rif) | |
3619 { | |
3620 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3621 |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3622 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3623 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3624 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3625 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3626 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3627 else | |
3628 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3629 } | |
3630 else | |
3631 { | |
3632 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3633 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3634 else | |
3635 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3636 } | |
3637 | |
3638 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3639 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3640 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3641 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3642 | |
3643 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3644 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3645 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3646 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3647 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3648 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3649 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3650 else | |
3651 { | |
3652 int x, y; | |
3653 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3654 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3655 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3656 : 0)); |
3657 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3658 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3659 } | |
3660 | |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3661 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3662 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3663 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3664 |
25012 | 3665 if (rif) |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3666 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3667 update_end (f); |
3668 updated_row = NULL; | |
3669 fflush (stdout); | |
3670 | |
3671 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
44260
64c67a3eebb2
(direct_output_for_insert): Call
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
43729
diff
changeset
|
3672 mark_window_display_accurate (it.window, 1); |
25012 | 3673 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3674 return 1; |
3675 } | |
3676 | |
25012 | 3677 |
3678 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3679 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3680 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3681 | |
314 | 3682 int |
3683 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3684 int n; | |
3685 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3686 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3687 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3688 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3689 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3690 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3691 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3692 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3693 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3694 |
25012 | 3695 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3696 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3697 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3698 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3699 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are |
25012 | 3700 displaying a message. */ |
3701 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3702 return 0; | |
3703 | |
3704 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3705 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3706 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3709 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3710 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3711 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3712 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3713 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3714 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3715 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3716 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3717 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3718 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3719 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3720 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3721 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3722 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3723 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3724 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3725 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3726 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3727 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3728 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3729 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3730 |
25012 | 3731 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3732 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3733 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
41069
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3734 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) |
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3735 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)) |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3736 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
25012 | 3738 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
25012 | 3740 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3741 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3742 |
3743 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3744 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3745 |
25012 | 3746 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3747 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3748 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3749 else | |
3750 { | |
3751 int x, y; | |
3752 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3753 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3754 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3755 : 0)); |
3756 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3757 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3758 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
314 | 3760 fflush (stdout); |
25012 | 3761 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3762 return 1; |
3763 } | |
25012 | 3764 |
3765 | |
314 | 3766 |
25012 | 3767 /*********************************************************************** |
3768 Frame Update | |
3769 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3770 | |
3771 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3772 | |
3773 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3774 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3775 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3776 |
25012 | 3777 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3778 |
3779 int | |
25012 | 3780 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3781 struct frame *f; | |
3782 int force_p; | |
3783 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3784 { | |
3785 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3786 int paused_p; | |
3787 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3788 | |
3789 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3790 { | |
3791 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3792 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3793 | |
3794 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3795 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3796 | |
3797 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3798 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3799 update_begin (f); | |
3800 | |
3801 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3802 support. */ | |
3803 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3804 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3805 | |
3806 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3807 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3808 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3809 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3810 |
3811 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3812 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3813 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3814 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3815 |
25012 | 3816 update_window (w, 1); |
3817 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3818 | |
3819 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3820 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3821 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3822 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3823 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3824 } |
3825 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
25012 | 3827 |
3828 /* Update windows. */ | |
3829 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3830 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3831 |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3832 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3833 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway (in general). |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3834 It is necessary when resizing the window with the mouse, or |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3835 at least the fringes are not redrawn in a timely manner. ++kfs */ |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3836 if (f->force_flush_display_p) |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3837 { |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3838 rif->flush_display (f); |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3839 f->force_flush_display_p = 0; |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3840 } |
25012 | 3841 } |
3842 else | |
3843 { | |
3844 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3845 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3846 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3847 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3848 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3849 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3850 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3851 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3852 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3853 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3854 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3855 |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3856 if (termscript) |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3857 fflush (termscript); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3858 fflush (stdout); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3859 |
25012 | 3860 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3861 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3862 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3863 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3864 #endif |
25012 | 3865 } |
3866 | |
3867 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3868 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3869 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3870 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3871 return paused_p; |
3872 } | |
3873 | |
3874 | |
3875 | |
3876 /************************************************************************ | |
3877 Window-based updates | |
3878 ************************************************************************/ | |
3879 | |
3880 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3881 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3882 | |
3883 static int | |
3884 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3885 struct window *w; | |
3886 int force_p; | |
3887 { | |
3888 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3889 |
25012 | 3890 while (w && !paused_p) |
3891 { | |
3892 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3893 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3894 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3895 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3896 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3897 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3898 | |
3899 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3900 } | |
3901 | |
3902 return paused_p; | |
3903 } | |
3904 | |
3905 | |
3906 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3907 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3908 | |
3909 void | |
3910 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3911 struct window *w; | |
3912 int force_p; | |
3913 { | |
3914 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3915 { | |
3916 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3917 | |
3918 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3919 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3920 | |
3921 /* Update W. */ | |
3922 update_begin (f); | |
3923 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3924 update_end (f); | |
3925 | |
3926 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3927 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3928 } | |
3929 } | |
3930 | |
3931 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3937 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3940 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3941 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3943 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3947 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3949 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3955 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3957 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3959 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3961 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3973 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3977 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3986 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3989 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3996 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3998 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3999 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4000 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4001 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4002 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4003 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4004 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4005 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4006 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4008 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4009 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4010 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4011 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4012 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4013 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4014 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4015 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4016 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4017 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4018 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4019 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4020 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4021 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4022 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4023 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4024 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4025 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4026 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4027 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4028 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4029 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4030 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4031 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4032 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4033 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4034 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4035 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4036 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4037 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4038 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4039 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4040 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4041 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4042 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4043 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4044 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4045 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4046 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4047 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4048 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4049 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4050 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4051 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4052 |
25012 | 4053 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4054 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4055 | |
4056 static int | |
4057 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4058 struct window *w; | |
4059 int force_p; | |
4060 { | |
4061 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4062 int paused_p; | |
4063 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4064 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4065 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4066 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4067 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4068 #endif |
25012 | 4069 |
4070 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4071 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4072 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4073 | |
4074 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4075 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4076 force_p = 1; | |
4077 else | |
4078 detect_input_pending (); | |
4079 | |
4080 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4081 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4082 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4083 { |
4084 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4085 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4086 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4087 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4088 |
4089 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4090 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4091 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4092 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4093 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 4094 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
4095 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4096 |
25012 | 4097 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4098 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4099 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4100 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4101 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4102 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4103 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4104 |
4105 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4106 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4107 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4108 { | |
4109 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4110 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4111 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4112 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4113 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4114 } |
4115 | |
4116 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4117 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4118 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4119 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4120 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4121 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4122 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4123 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4124 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4125 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4126 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4127 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4128 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4129 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4130 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4131 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4132 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4133 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4134 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4135 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4136 } |
25012 | 4137 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4138 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
25012 | 4139 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
4140 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4141 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4142 { |
25546 | 4143 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4144 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4145 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4146 } |
4147 | |
4148 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4149 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4150 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4151 { |
4152 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4153 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4154 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4155 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 4156 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
4157 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4158 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4159 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4160 detect_input_pending (); |
4161 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4162 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4163 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4164 |
4165 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4166 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4167 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4168 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4169 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4170 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4171 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4172 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4173 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4174 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4175 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4176 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4177 } | |
4178 | |
4179 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4180 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4181 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4182 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4183 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4184 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4185 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4186 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4187 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4188 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4189 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4190 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4191 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4192 |
25012 | 4193 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4194 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4195 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4196 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4197 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4198 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4199 #endif | |
4200 } | |
4201 | |
4202 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4203 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4204 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4205 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4206 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
4207 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4208 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
4209 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4210 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4211 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4212 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4213 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4214 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4215 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4216 } |
4217 else | |
4218 paused_p = 1; | |
4219 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4220 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4221 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4222 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4223 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4224 |
25012 | 4225 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4226 |
25012 | 4227 return paused_p; |
4228 } | |
4229 | |
4230 | |
4231 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4232 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4233 | |
4234 static void | |
4235 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4236 struct window *w; | |
4237 int area, vpos; | |
4238 { | |
4239 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4240 | |
4241 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4242 will be relative to. */ | |
4243 updated_area = area; | |
4244 | |
4245 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4246 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4247 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4248 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4249 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4250 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4251 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4252 } | |
4253 | |
4254 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4255 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4256 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4257 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4258 static int |
25012 | 4259 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4260 struct window *w; | |
4261 int vpos; | |
314 | 4262 { |
25012 | 4263 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4264 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4265 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4266 |
4267 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4268 will be relative to. */ | |
4269 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4270 |
25012 | 4271 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
4272 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4273 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4274 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4275 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4276 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4277 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4278 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4279 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4280 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4281 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4282 { | |
4283 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4284 |
25012 | 4285 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4286 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4287 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4288 |
25012 | 4289 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
4290 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4291 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4293 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4294 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4295 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4296 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4297 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4298 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4299 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4300 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4301 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4302 } |
4303 else | |
4304 { | |
4305 int stop, i, x; | |
4306 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4307 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4308 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4309 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4310 |
25012 | 4311 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4312 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4313 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4314 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4315 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4316 |
25012 | 4317 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
4318 i = 0; | |
4319 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4320 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4321 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4322 in common. */ |
25012 | 4323 while (i < stop) |
4324 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4325 int can_skip_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4326 |
25012 | 4327 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4328 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4329 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4330 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4331 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4332 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4333 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4334 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4335 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4336 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4337 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4338 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4339 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4340 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4341 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4342 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4343 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4344 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4345 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4346 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4347 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4348 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4350 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4351 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4353 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4354 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4355 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4357 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4358 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4359 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4360 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4361 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4362 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4363 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4364 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4365 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4366 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4367 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4368 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4369 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4370 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4371 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4372 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4373 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4374 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4375 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4376 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4377 } |
25012 | 4378 } |
4379 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4380 |
25012 | 4381 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4382 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4383 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4384 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4385 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4386 { | |
4387 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4388 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4389 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4390 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4391 |
25012 | 4392 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4393 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4394 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4395 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4396 && x == current_x) |
4397 { | |
4398 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4399 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4400 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4401 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4402 } |
4403 | |
4404 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4405 { | |
4406 i = start_hpos; | |
4407 x = start_x; | |
4408 desired_glyph = start; | |
4409 break; | |
4410 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4411 |
25012 | 4412 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4413 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4414 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4415 } |
4416 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4417 |
25012 | 4418 /* Write the rest. */ |
4419 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4420 { | |
4421 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4422 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4423 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4424 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4425 |
25012 | 4426 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4427 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4428 { | |
4429 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4430 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4431 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4432 appropriately above. */ | |
4433 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4434 } | |
4435 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4436 { | |
4437 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4438 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4439 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4440 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4441 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4442 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4443 } |
4444 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4445 { | |
4446 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4447 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4448 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4449 |
25012 | 4450 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4451 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4452 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4453 |
4454 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4455 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4456 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4457 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4458 this way. */ | |
4459 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4460 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4461 { | |
4462 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4463 x = -1; | |
4464 } | |
4465 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4466 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4467 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4468 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4469 } |
4470 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4471 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4472 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4473 } |
4474 | |
4475 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4476 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4477 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4478 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4479 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4480 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4481 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4482 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4483 { |
4484 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4485 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4486 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4487 |
4488 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4489 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4490 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4491 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4492 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4493 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4496 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4497 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4498 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4500 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4503 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4505 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4506 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4507 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4508 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4509 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4510 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4511 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4512 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4513 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4514 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4515 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4516 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4517 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4518 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4519 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4520 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4521 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4522 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4523 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4524 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4525 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4526 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4527 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4528 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4529 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4530 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4531 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4532 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4533 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4534 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4535 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4536 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4537 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4538 |
25012 | 4539 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4540 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4541 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4542 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4543 } |
4544 | |
4545 | |
4546 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4547 be called from update_window. */ | |
4548 | |
4549 static void | |
4550 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4551 struct window *w; | |
4552 { | |
4553 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4554 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4555 | |
4556 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4557 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4558 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4559 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4560 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4561 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4562 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4563 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4564 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4565 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4566 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4567 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4568 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4569 { | |
4570 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4571 | |
4572 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4573 { | |
4574 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4575 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4576 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4577 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4578 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4579 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4580 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4581 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4582 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4583 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4584 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4585 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4586 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4587 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4588 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4589 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4590 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4591 ++row; |
25012 | 4592 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4593 |
25012 | 4594 if (last_row) |
4595 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4596 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4597 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4598 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4599 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4600 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4601 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4602 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4603 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4604 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4605 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4606 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4607 |
25012 | 4608 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4609 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4610 } |
4611 } | |
4612 } | |
4613 else | |
4614 { | |
4615 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4616 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4617 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4618 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4619 } | |
4620 | |
4621 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4622 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4623 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4624 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4625 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4626 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4627 } | |
4628 | |
4629 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4635 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4649 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4655 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4658 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4663 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4669 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4710 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4711 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4712 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4713 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4714 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4715 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4716 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4717 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4719 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4720 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4721 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4722 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4723 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4724 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4725 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4726 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4727 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4728 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4729 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4730 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4731 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4732 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4733 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4734 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4735 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4736 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4737 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4738 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4739 |
25012 | 4740 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4741 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4742 |
4743 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4744 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4745 O(N) time. | |
4746 | |
4747 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4748 | |
4749 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4750 | |
4751 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4752 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4753 | |
4754 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4755 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4756 | |
4757 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4758 forward and backward. | |
4759 | |
4760 Value is | |
4761 | |
4762 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4763 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4764 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4765 | |
4766 static int | |
25546 | 4767 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4768 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4769 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4770 { |
4771 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4772 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4773 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4774 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4775 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4776 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4777 |
4778 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4779 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4780 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4781 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4782 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4783 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4784 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4785 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4786 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4787 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4788 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4789 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4790 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4791 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4792 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4793 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4794 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4795 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4796 break; |
25012 | 4797 } |
4798 | |
4799 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4800 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4801 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4802 |
25012 | 4803 first_old = first_new = i; |
4804 | |
4805 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4806 desired matrix. */ | |
4807 i = first_new + 1; | |
4808 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4809 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4810 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4811 ++i; |
4812 | |
4813 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4814 return 0; | |
4815 | |
4816 last_new = i; | |
4817 | |
4818 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4819 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4820 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4821 disabled. */ | |
4822 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4823 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4824 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4825 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4826 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4827 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4828 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4829 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4830 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4831 |
25012 | 4832 last_old = i; |
4833 | |
4834 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4835 i = last_new; | |
4836 j = last_old; | |
4837 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4838 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4839 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4840 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4841 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4842 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4843 && row_equal_p (w, |
4844 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4845 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4846 --i, --j; |
4847 last_new = i; | |
4848 last_old = j; | |
4849 | |
4850 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4851 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4852 return 0; | |
4853 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4855 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4862 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4866 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4867 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4874 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4875 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4877 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4878 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4880 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4881 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4883 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4884 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4885 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4886 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4887 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4888 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4890 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4891 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4892 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4893 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4894 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4895 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4896 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4897 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4898 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4899 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4900 |
25012 | 4901 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4902 { | |
4903 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4904 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4905 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4906 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4907 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4908 } |
4909 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4910 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4911 } |
4912 | |
4913 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4914 { | |
4915 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4916 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4917 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4918 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4919 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4920 } |
4921 | |
4922 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4923 in both matrices. */ | |
4924 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4925 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4926 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4927 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4928 { |
4929 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4930 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4931 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4932 |
4933 /* Record move. */ | |
4934 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4935 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4936 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4937 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4938 run->nrows = 1; | |
4939 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4940 | |
4941 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4942 j = i - 1; | |
4943 k = new_line - 1; | |
4944 while (j > first_old | |
4945 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4946 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4947 { |
4948 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4949 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4950 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4951 ++run->nrows; |
4952 run->height += h; | |
4953 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4954 run->current_y -= h; | |
4955 --j, --k; | |
4956 } | |
4957 | |
4958 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4959 j = i + 1; | |
4960 k = new_line + 1; | |
4961 while (j < last_old | |
4962 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4963 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4964 { |
4965 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4966 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4967 run->height += h; |
4968 ++j, ++k; | |
4969 } | |
4970 | |
4971 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4972 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4973 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4974 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4975 case. */ | |
4976 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4977 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4978 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4979 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4980 runs[j] = run; | |
4981 ++nruns; | |
4982 | |
4983 i += run->nrows; | |
4984 } | |
4985 else | |
4986 ++i; | |
4987 | |
4988 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4989 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4990 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4991 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4992 | |
4993 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4994 | A | | B | | |
4995 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4996 | B | | A | | |
4997 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4998 | |
4999 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
5000 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
5001 | |
5002 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
5003 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
5004 { | |
5005 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
5006 | |
5007 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
5008 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
5009 { | |
5010 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
5011 | |
5012 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
5013 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
5014 { | |
5015 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5016 |
25012 | 5017 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
5018 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
5019 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
5020 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
5021 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
5022 p->nrows = 0; | |
5023 } | |
5024 } | |
5025 | |
5026 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
5027 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
5028 { | |
5029 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5030 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5031 |
25012 | 5032 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5033 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5034 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5035 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5036 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
5037 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
5038 || to->left_fringe_face_id != from->left_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
5039 || to->right_fringe_face_id != from->right_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
5040 || to->overlay_arrow_p != from->overlay_arrow_p)) |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
5041 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 5042 assign_row (to, from); |
5043 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5044 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5045 } |
5046 } | |
5047 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5048 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5049 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5050 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5051 |
25012 | 5052 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5053 return 1; | |
5054 } | |
5055 | |
5056 | |
5057 | |
5058 /************************************************************************ | |
5059 Frame-Based Updates | |
5060 ************************************************************************/ | |
5061 | |
5062 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5063 | |
5064 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5065 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5066 should not be tried. | |
5067 | |
5068 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5069 | |
5070 static int | |
5071 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5072 struct frame *f; | |
5073 int force_p; | |
5074 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5075 { | |
5076 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5077 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5078 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5079 int i; | |
314 | 5080 int pause; |
5081 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5082 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5083 |
5084 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5085 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5086 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5087 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5088 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5089 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5090 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5091 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5092 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5093 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5094 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5095 { |
5096 pause = 1; | |
5097 goto do_pause; | |
5098 } | |
5099 | |
25012 | 5100 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
314 | 5101 if (!line_ins_del_ok) |
25012 | 5102 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5103 |
493 | 5104 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5105 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5106 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5107 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5108 break; |
5109 | |
5110 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5111 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5112 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5113 |
5114 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5115 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5116 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5117 | |
5118 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5119 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5120 { |
25012 | 5121 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5122 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5123 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5124 { |
5125 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5126 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5127 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5128 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
5129 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); | |
5130 if (outq > 900 | |
5131 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5132 { | |
5133 fflush (stdout); | |
5134 if (preempt_count == 1) | |
5135 { | |
554 | 5136 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5137 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5138 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5139 the outq count. */ |
314 | 5140 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (stdout); |
5141 #endif | |
5142 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5143 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5144 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5145 } |
5146 } | |
5147 } | |
5148 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5149 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5150 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5151 |
25012 | 5152 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5153 } |
5154 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5155 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5156 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5157 |
5158 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5159 if (!pause) | |
5160 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5161 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5162 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5163 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5164 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5165 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5166 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5167 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5168 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5169 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5170 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5171 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5172 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5173 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5174 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5175 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5176 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5177 { |
25012 | 5178 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5179 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5180 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5181 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5182 } |
708 | 5183 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5184 { |
25012 | 5185 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5186 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5187 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5188 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5189 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5190 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5191 { |
25012 | 5192 --row; |
5193 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5194 |
25012 | 5195 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
5196 { | |
5197 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5198 must be ignored here. */ | |
5199 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5200 row); | |
5201 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5202 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5203 | |
5204 while (last > start | |
5205 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5206 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5207 |
25012 | 5208 col = last - start; |
5209 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5210 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5211 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5212 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5213 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5214 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5215 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5216 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5217 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5218 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5219 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5220 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5221 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5222 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5223 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5224 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5225 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5226 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5227 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5228 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5229 } |
314 | 5230 else |
25012 | 5231 { |
5232 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5233 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5234 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5235 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5236 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5237 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5238 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5239 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5240 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5241 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 5242 { |
5243 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5244 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5245 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5246 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5247 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5248 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5249 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
25012 | 5250 cursor_to (y, x); |
5251 } | |
5252 } | |
314 | 5253 } |
5254 | |
5255 do_pause: | |
5256 | |
25012 | 5257 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5258 return pause; |
5259 } | |
5260 | |
25012 | 5261 |
5262 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5263 |
21514 | 5264 int |
764 | 5265 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5266 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5267 { |
5268 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5269 int window_size; | |
5270 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5271 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5272 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5273 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5274 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5275 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5276 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 5277 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5278 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5279 | |
5280 if (!current_matrix) | |
5281 abort (); | |
5282 | |
5283 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5284 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5285 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5286 changed_lines = 0; |
5287 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5288 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5289 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 5290 { |
5291 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5292 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5293 return 0; |
25012 | 5294 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5295 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5296 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5297 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5298 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5299 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5300 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5301 } |
314 | 5302 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5303 { |
25012 | 5304 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5305 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5306 } |
314 | 5307 |
5308 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5309 { | |
5310 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5311 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5312 } |
5313 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5314 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5315 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5316 } |
5317 | |
5318 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
25012 | 5319 if ((!scroll_region_ok && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5320 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 5321 return 1; |
5322 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5323 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5324 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5325 | |
5326 if (scroll_region_ok) | |
5327 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; | |
764 | 5328 else if (memory_below_frame) |
314 | 5329 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5330 | |
5331 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5332 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5333 if (!scroll_region_ok && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5334 && (window_size >= |
5335 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5336 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5337 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5338 return 0; | |
5339 | |
25012 | 5340 if (window_size < 2) |
5341 return 0; | |
5342 | |
764 | 5343 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5344 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5345 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5346 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5347 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5348 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5349 | |
5350 return 0; | |
5351 } | |
25012 | 5352 |
5353 | |
5354 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5355 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5356 | |
5357 static int | |
5358 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5359 struct glyph *r; | |
5360 int len; | |
314 | 5361 { |
25012 | 5362 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5363 |
25012 | 5364 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5365 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5366 break; | |
5367 | |
5368 return i; | |
314 | 5369 } |
25012 | 5370 |
5371 | |
5372 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5373 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5374 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5375 |
5376 static int | |
25012 | 5377 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5378 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5379 { |
25012 | 5380 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5381 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5382 |
25012 | 5383 while (p1 < end1 |
5384 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5385 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5386 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5387 |
25012 | 5388 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5389 } |
5390 | |
25012 | 5391 |
314 | 5392 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5393 |
314 | 5394 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5395 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5396 |
25012 | 5397 |
5398 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5399 | |
314 | 5400 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5401 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5402 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5403 int vpos; |
5404 { | |
25012 | 5405 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5406 int tem; |
5407 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5408 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5409 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5410 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5411 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5412 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5413 int write_spaces_p = must_write_spaces; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5414 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5415 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5416 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5417 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5418 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5419 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5420 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5421 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5422 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5423 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5424 { |
25012 | 5425 obody = 0; |
314 | 5426 olen = 0; |
5427 } | |
5428 else | |
5429 { | |
25012 | 5430 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5431 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5432 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5433 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5434 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5435 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5436 olen--; |
314 | 5437 } |
5438 | |
25012 | 5439 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5440 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5441 | |
5442 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5443 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5444 { |
5445 nlen = 0; | |
5446 goto just_erase; | |
5447 } | |
5448 | |
25012 | 5449 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5450 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5451 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5452 | |
5453 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5454 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5455 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5456 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5457 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5458 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5459 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5460 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5461 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5462 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5463 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5464 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5465 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5466 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5467 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5468 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5469 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5470 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5471 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5472 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5473 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5474 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5475 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5476 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5477 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5478 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5479 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5480 |
25012 | 5481 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5482 return; | |
5483 } | |
314 | 5484 |
5485 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5486 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5487 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5488 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5489 nlen--; |
314 | 5490 |
5491 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
5492 if (!char_ins_del_ok) | |
5493 { | |
25012 | 5494 int i, j; |
5495 | |
5496 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5497 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5498 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5499 { | |
25012 | 5500 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5501 { |
25012 | 5502 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5503 j = i + 1; | |
5504 while (j < nlen | |
5505 && (j >= olen | |
5506 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5507 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5508 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5509 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5510 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
314 | 5511 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5512 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5513 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5514 |
5515 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5516 } | |
5517 } | |
5518 | |
5519 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5520 if (olen > nlen) | |
5521 { | |
5522 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5523 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5524 } | |
5525 | |
25012 | 5526 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5527 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5528 return; |
5529 } | |
5530 | |
25012 | 5531 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5532 characters in a row. */ | |
5533 | |
314 | 5534 if (!olen) |
5535 { | |
25012 | 5536 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5537 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5538 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5539 nsp = 0; |
5540 else | |
5541 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5542 | |
314 | 5543 if (nlen > nsp) |
5544 { | |
5545 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5546 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5547 } | |
5548 | |
764 | 5549 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5550 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5551 return; |
5552 } | |
5553 | |
5554 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5555 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5556 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5557 |
5558 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5559 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5560 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5561 |
5562 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5563 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5564 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5565 { |
5566 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5567 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5568 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5569 } |
5570 | |
5571 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5572 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5573 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5574 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5575 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5576 | |
5577 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5578 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5579 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5580 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5581 while (op1 > op2 |
5582 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5583 { |
5584 op1--; | |
5585 np1--; | |
5586 } | |
5587 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5588 | |
5589 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5590 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5591 Is it worth it? */ | |
5592 | |
5593 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5594 if (endmatch && tem | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5595 && (!char_ins_del_ok || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5596 endmatch = 0; |
5597 | |
5598 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5599 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5600 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5601 Is it worth it? */ | |
5602 | |
5603 if (nsp != osp | |
5604 && (!char_ins_del_ok | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5605 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5606 { |
5607 begmatch = 0; | |
5608 endmatch = 0; | |
5609 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5610 } | |
5611 | |
5612 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5613 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5614 | |
5615 if (osp > nsp) | |
5616 { | |
5617 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5618 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5619 } | |
5620 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5621 { | |
5622 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5623 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5624 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5625 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5626 { | |
5627 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5628 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5629 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5630 } | |
5631 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5632 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5633 } |
5634 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5635 | |
5636 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5637 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5638 { | |
5639 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5640 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5641 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5642 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5643 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5644 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5645 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5646 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5647 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5648 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5649 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5650 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5651 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5652 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5653 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5654 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5655 } |
314 | 5656 } |
5657 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5658 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5659 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5660 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5661 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5662 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5663 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5664 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5665 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5666 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5667 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5668 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5669 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5670 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5671 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5672 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5673 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5674 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5675 |
25012 | 5676 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5677 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5678 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5679 delete_glyphs (del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5680 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5681 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5682 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5683 olen = nlen; |
5684 } | |
5685 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5686 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5687 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5688 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5689 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5690 olen = nlen; | |
5691 } | |
5692 } | |
5693 | |
5694 just_erase: | |
5695 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5696 if (olen > nlen) | |
5697 { | |
5698 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5699 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5700 } | |
5701 | |
764 | 5702 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5703 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5704 } |
25012 | 5705 |
5706 | |
314 | 5707 |
25012 | 5708 /*********************************************************************** |
5709 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5710 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5711 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5712 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5713 Return the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5714 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5715 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5716 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5717 Lisp_Object |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5718 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, pos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5719 struct window *w; |
5720 int *x, *y; | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5721 struct display_pos *pos; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5722 Lisp_Object *object; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5723 int *dx, *dy; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5724 int *width, *height; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5725 { |
25012 | 5726 struct it it; |
5727 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5728 struct text_pos startp; | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5729 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5730 struct glyph_row *row; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5731 int x0, x1; |
25012 | 5732 |
5733 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5734 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5735 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5736 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5737 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5738 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5739 x0 = *x - WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5740 move_it_to (&it, -1, x0 + it.first_visible_x, *y, -1, |
25012 | 5741 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5742 |
25012 | 5743 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5744 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5745 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5746 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5747 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5748 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5749 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5750 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5751 *pos = it.current; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5752 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5753 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5754 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5755 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5756 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5757 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5758 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5759 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5760 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5761 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5762 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5763 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5764 if (row->enabled_p) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5765 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5766 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5767 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5768 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5769 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5770 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5771 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5772 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5773 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5774 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5775 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5776 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5777 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5778 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5779 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5780 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5781 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5782 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5783 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5784 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5785 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5786 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5787 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5788 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5789 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5790 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5791 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5792 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5793 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5794 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5795 return string; |
25012 | 5796 } |
5797 | |
5798 | |
5799 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5800 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5801 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5802 |
5803 Lisp_Object | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5804 mode_line_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5805 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5806 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5807 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5808 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5809 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5810 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5811 int *width, *height; |
25012 | 5812 { |
5813 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5814 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5815 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5816 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5817 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5818 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5819 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5820 else | |
25546 | 5821 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5822 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5823 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5824 |
25012 | 5825 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5826 { |
25012 | 5827 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5828 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5829 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5830 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5831 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5832 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5833 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5834 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5835 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5836 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5837 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5838 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5839 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5840 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5841 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5842 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5843 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5844 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5845 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5846 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5847 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5848 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5849 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5850 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5851 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5852 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5853 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5854 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5855 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5856 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5857 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5858 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5859 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5860 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5861 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5862 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5863 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5864 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5865 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5866 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5867 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5868 |
5869 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5870 } |
25012 | 5871 |
5872 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5873 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5874 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5875 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5876 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5877 Lisp_Object |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5878 marginal_area_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5879 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5880 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5881 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5882 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5883 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5884 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5885 int *width, *height; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5886 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5887 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5888 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5889 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5890 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5891 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5892 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5893 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5894 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5895 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5896 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5897 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5898 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5899 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5900 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5901 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5902 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5903 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5904 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5905 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5906 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5907 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5908 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5909 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5910 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5911 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5912 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5913 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5914 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5915 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5916 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5917 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5918 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5919 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5920 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5921 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5922 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5923 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5924 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5925 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5926 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5927 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5928 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5929 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5930 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5931 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5932 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5933 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5934 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5935 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5936 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5937 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5938 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5939 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5940 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5941 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5942 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5943 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5944 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5945 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5946 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5947 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5948 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5949 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5950 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5951 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5952 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5953 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5954 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5955 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5956 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5957 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5958 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5959 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5960 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5961 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5962 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5963 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5964 |
25012 | 5965 /*********************************************************************** |
5966 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5967 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5968 |
5969 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5970 |
493 | 5971 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5972 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5973 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5974 { |
5975 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5976 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5977 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5978 #endif |
314 | 5979 int old_errno = errno; |
5980 | |
764 | 5981 get_frame_size (&width, &height); |
314 | 5982 |
764 | 5983 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a termcap-controlled |
5984 frame. Find such a frame in the list, and assume it's the only | |
314 | 5985 one (since the redisplay code always writes to stdout, not a |
764 | 5986 FILE * specified in the frame structure). Record the new size, |
314 | 5987 but don't reallocate the data structures now. Let that be done |
5988 later outside of the signal handler. */ | |
5989 | |
5990 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5991 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5992 |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5993 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5994 { |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5995 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
314 | 5996 { |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5997 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
314 | 5998 break; |
5999 } | |
6000 } | |
6001 } | |
6002 | |
6003 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6004 errno = old_errno; | |
6005 } | |
6006 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
6007 | |
6008 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6009 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6010 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6011 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 6012 |
21514 | 6013 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6014 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6015 int safe; |
314 | 6016 { |
6017 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6018 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6019 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6020 |
314 | 6021 while (delayed_size_change) |
6022 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6023 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 6024 |
6025 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
6026 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6027 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 6028 { |
25012 | 6029 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
6030 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6031 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6032 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6033 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 6034 } |
6035 } | |
6036 } | |
6037 | |
6038 | |
764 | 6039 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6040 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 6041 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6042 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6043 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6044 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6045 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6046 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6047 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6048 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6049 |
21514 | 6050 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6051 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6052 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6053 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6054 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6055 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6056 |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
6057 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6058 { |
15394
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
6059 /* When using termcap, or on MS-DOS, all frames use |
8d01f71c4797
(Fredraw_frame, remake_frame_glyphs)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15282
diff
changeset
|
6060 the same screen, so a change in size affects all frames. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6061 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
6062 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6063 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6064 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6065 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6066 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6067 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6068 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6069 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6070 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6071 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6072 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6073 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 6074 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6075 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
6076 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6077 |
314 | 6078 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6079 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 6080 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6081 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6082 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 6083 delayed_size_change = 1; |
6084 return; | |
6085 } | |
6086 | |
764 | 6087 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6088 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6089 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6090 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
6091 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6092 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6093 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6094 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6095 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 6096 |
6097 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
6098 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6099 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6100 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6101 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 6102 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6103 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6104 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6105 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6106 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6107 return; |
6108 | |
15078 | 6109 BLOCK_INPUT; |
6110 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6111 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6112 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6113 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6114 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6115 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6116 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6117 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6118 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 6119 { |
25012 | 6120 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 6121 { |
25012 | 6122 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6123 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 6124 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
6125 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
6126 (newheight | |
6127 - 1 | |
6128 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
6129 0); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6130 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6131 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 6132 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 6133 } |
6134 else | |
764 | 6135 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 6136 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
6137 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
6138 | |
6139 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6140 FrameRows = newheight; |
314 | 6141 } |
6142 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6143 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6144 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6145 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6146 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6147 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6148 |
6149 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
764 | 6150 FrameCols = newwidth; |
25012 | 6151 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6152 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6153 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 6154 } |
6155 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6156 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6157 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 6158 |
6159 { | |
6160 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6161 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6162 |
25012 | 6163 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
6164 &text_area_height); | |
6165 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6166 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6167 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6168 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6169 } | |
6170 | |
6171 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6172 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6173 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6174 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6175 |
6176 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6177 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6178 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6179 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6180 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6181 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6182 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer, Qt); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6183 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6184 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6185 } |
25012 | 6186 |
6187 | |
314 | 6188 |
25012 | 6189 /*********************************************************************** |
6190 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6191 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6192 | |
6193 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6194 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6195 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6196 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6197 (file) |
25012 | 6198 Lisp_Object file; |
6199 { | |
6200 if (termscript != 0) fclose (termscript); | |
6201 termscript = 0; | |
6202 | |
6203 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6204 { | |
6205 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6206 termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
25012 | 6207 if (termscript == 0) |
6208 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); | |
6209 } | |
6210 return Qnil; | |
6211 } | |
6212 | |
6213 | |
314 | 6214 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6215 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6216 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6217 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6218 (string) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6219 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6220 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6221 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6222 CHECK_STRING (string); |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6223 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), stdout); |
314 | 6224 fflush (stdout); |
6225 if (termscript) | |
6226 { | |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6227 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
21244
50929073a0ba
Use STRING_BYTES and SET_STRING_BYTES.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
20708
diff
changeset
|
6228 termscript); |
314 | 6229 fflush (termscript); |
6230 } | |
6231 return Qnil; | |
6232 } | |
6233 | |
25012 | 6234 |
314 | 6235 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6236 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6237 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6238 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6239 (arg) |
314 | 6240 Lisp_Object arg; |
6241 { | |
493 | 6242 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6243 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6244 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6245 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6246 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6247 ring_bell (); |
314 | 6248 fflush (stdout); |
6249 } | |
6250 else | |
6251 bitch_at_user (); | |
6252 | |
6253 return Qnil; | |
6254 } | |
6255 | |
21514 | 6256 void |
314 | 6257 bitch_at_user () |
6258 { | |
6259 if (noninteractive) | |
6260 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6261 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6262 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6263 else | |
6264 ring_bell (); | |
6265 fflush (stdout); | |
6266 } | |
6267 | |
25012 | 6268 |
6269 | |
6270 /*********************************************************************** | |
6271 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6272 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6273 | |
314 | 6274 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6275 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6276 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6277 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6278 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6279 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6280 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6281 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6282 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6283 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6284 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6285 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6286 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6287 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6288 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6289 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6290 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6291 | |
6292 { | |
6293 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6294 sec = (int) duration; | |
6295 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6296 } | |
314 | 6297 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6298 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6299 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6300 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6301 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6302 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6303 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6304 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6305 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6306 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6307 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6308 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6309 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6310 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6311 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6312 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6313 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6314 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6315 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6316 return Qnil; |
6317 | |
650 | 6318 { |
6319 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6320 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6321 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6322 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6323 } | |
587 | 6324 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6325 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6326 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6327 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6328 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6329 immediate_quit = 1; |
6330 QUIT; | |
6331 | |
6332 #ifdef VMS | |
6333 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6334 #else /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6335 /* The reason this is done this way |
314 | 6336 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6337 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined'. */ |
314 | 6338 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
554 | 6339 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6340 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6341 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6342 |
314 | 6343 while (1) |
6344 { | |
554 | 6345 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6346 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6347 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6348 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6349 break; |
6350 } | |
6351 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6352 sleep (sec); | |
6353 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6354 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6355 |
314 | 6356 immediate_quit = 0; |
6357 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6358 | |
6359 return Qnil; | |
6360 } | |
6361 | |
25012 | 6362 |
650 | 6363 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6364 it does the redisplay. | |
6365 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6366 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6367 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6368 |
6369 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6370 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6371 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6372 { |
650 | 6373 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6374 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6375 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6376 |
43729
5b4c5b84bb9d
(sit_for): Don't wait if executing a kbd macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
43713
diff
changeset
|
6377 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display) || !NILP (Vexecuting_macro)) |
314 | 6378 return Qnil; |
650 | 6379 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6380 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6381 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6382 |
673 | 6383 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6384 return Qt; | |
6385 | |
314 | 6386 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6387 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6388 #endif |
6389 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6390 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6391 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6392 | |
314 | 6393 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6394 } | |
6395 | |
25012 | 6396 |
650 | 6397 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
40979 | 6398 doc: /* Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6399 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6400 fraction of a second. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6401 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6402 Optional arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6403 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6404 if input is available before it starts. |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6405 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6406 |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6407 An obsolete but still supported form is |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6408 \(sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6409 Where the optional arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6410 in milliseconds; this was useful when Emacs was built without |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6411 floating point support. |
51413
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6412 usage: (sit-for SECONDS &optional NODISP OLD-NODISP) */) |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6413 |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6414 /* The `old-nodisp' stuff is there so that the arglist has the correct |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6415 length. Otherwise, `defdvice' will redefine it with fewer args. */ |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6416 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6417 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6418 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6419 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6420 |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6421 if (NILP (nodisp) && !NUMBERP (milliseconds)) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6422 { /* New style. */ |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6423 nodisp = milliseconds; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6424 milliseconds = Qnil; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6425 } |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6426 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6427 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6428 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6429 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6430 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6431 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6432 | |
6433 { | |
6434 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6435 sec = (int) duration; | |
6436 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6437 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6438 |
650 | 6439 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6440 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6441 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6442 #endif |
6443 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6444 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6445 } |
25012 | 6446 |
6447 | |
314 | 6448 |
25012 | 6449 /*********************************************************************** |
6450 Other Lisp Functions | |
6451 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6452 | |
6453 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6454 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6455 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6456 add length checks). */ | |
6457 | |
6458 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6459 | |
6460 | |
6461 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6462 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, |
40979 | 6463 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6464 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6465 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6466 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6467 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6468 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6469 the current state. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6470 () |
25012 | 6471 { |
6472 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6473 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6474 int n; | |
6475 | |
6476 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6477 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6478 { | |
6479 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6480 goto changed; | |
6481 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6482 goto changed; | |
6483 } | |
6484 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6485 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6486 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6487 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6488 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6489 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6490 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6491 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6492 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6493 continue; |
6494 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6495 goto changed; | |
6496 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6497 goto changed; | |
6498 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6499 goto changed; | |
6500 } | |
6501 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6502 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6503 return Qnil; | |
6504 changed: | |
6505 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6506 n = 1; | |
6507 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6508 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6509 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6510 n += 3; |
6511 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6512 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6513 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6514 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6515 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6516 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6517 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6518 { | |
6519 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6520 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6521 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6522 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6523 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6524 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6525 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6526 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6527 continue; |
6528 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6529 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6530 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6531 } | |
6532 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6533 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6534 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6535 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6536 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6537 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6538 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6539 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6540 abort (); | |
6541 return Qt; | |
6542 } | |
6543 | |
6544 | |
6545 | |
6546 /*********************************************************************** | |
6547 Initialization | |
6548 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6549 | |
314 | 6550 char *terminal_type; |
6551 | |
25012 | 6552 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. |
6553 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6554 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6555 |
21514 | 6556 void |
314 | 6557 init_display () |
6558 { | |
6559 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
6560 extern int display_arg; | |
6561 #endif | |
6562 | |
25012 | 6563 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6564 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6565 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6566 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6567 | |
314 | 6568 meta_key = 0; |
6569 inverse_video = 0; | |
6570 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6571 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6572 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6573 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6574 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6575 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6576 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6577 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6578 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6579 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6580 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6581 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6582 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6583 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6584 |
6585 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6586 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6587 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6588 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6589 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6590 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6591 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6592 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6593 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6594 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6595 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6596 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6597 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6598 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6599 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6600 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6601 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6602 ) |
314 | 6603 { |
6604 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6605 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6606 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6607 #else | |
6608 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6609 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6610 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6611 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6612 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6613 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6614 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6615 #endif |
25012 | 6616 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6617 return; |
6618 } | |
6619 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6620 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6621 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6622 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6623 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6624 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6625 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6626 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6627 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6628 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6629 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6630 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6631 #ifdef MAC_OS |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6632 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6633 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6634 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6635 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6636 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6637 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6638 } |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6639 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6640 |
314 | 6641 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6642 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6643 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6644 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6645 exit (1); |
6646 } | |
6647 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6648 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6649 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
6650 if (!terminal_type) | |
6651 { | |
6652 #ifdef VMS | |
6653 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6654 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6655 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6656 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6657 #else | |
6658 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6659 #endif | |
6660 exit (1); | |
6661 } | |
6662 | |
6663 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6664 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6665 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6666 { | |
6667 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6668 char *p; | |
6669 | |
6670 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6671 | |
6672 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6673 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6674 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6675 | |
6676 terminal_type = new; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6677 } |
25012 | 6678 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6679 |
6680 term_init (terminal_type); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6681 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6682 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6683 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6684 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6685 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6686 |
25012 | 6687 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6688 | |
6689 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6690 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6691 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6692 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6693 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6694 |
25012 | 6695 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6696 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6697 |
6698 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6699 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6700 if (initialized) | |
6701 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6702 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6703 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6704 |
6705 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6706 if (initialized | |
6707 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6708 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6709 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6710 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6711 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6712 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6713 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6714 #endif |
25012 | 6715 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6716 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6717 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6718 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6719 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6720 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6721 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6722 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6723 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6724 } |
314 | 6725 } |
25012 | 6726 |
6727 | |
314 | 6728 |
25012 | 6729 /*********************************************************************** |
6730 Blinking cursor | |
6731 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6732 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6733 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6734 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6735 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6736 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6737 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6738 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6739 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6740 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6741 { |
6742 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6743 output routines. */ | |
6744 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6745 { | |
6746 if (NILP (window)) | |
6747 window = selected_window; | |
6748 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6749 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6750 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6751 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6752 } |
6753 | |
6754 return Qnil; | |
6755 } | |
6756 | |
6757 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6758 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6759 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6760 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6761 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6762 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6763 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6764 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6765 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6766 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6767 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6768 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6769 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6770 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6771 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6772 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6773 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6774 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6775 |
25012 | 6776 |
6777 /*********************************************************************** | |
6778 Initialization | |
6779 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6780 | |
21514 | 6781 void |
314 | 6782 syms_of_display () |
6783 { | |
764 | 6784 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6785 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6786 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6787 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6788 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6789 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6790 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6791 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6792 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6793 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6794 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6795 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6796 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6797 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6798 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6799 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6800 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6801 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6802 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6803 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6804 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6805 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6806 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6807 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6808 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6809 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6810 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6811 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6812 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6813 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6814 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6815 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6816 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6817 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6818 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6819 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6820 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6821 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6822 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6823 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6824 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6825 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6826 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6827 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6828 doc: /* Name of window system that Emacs is displaying through. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6829 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6830 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6831 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6832 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6833 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6834 For X windows, this is 10 or 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6835 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6836 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6837 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6838 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6839 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6840 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6841 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6842 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6843 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6844 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6845 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6846 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6847 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6848 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6849 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6850 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6851 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6852 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6853 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6854 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6855 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6856 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6857 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6858 | |
314 | 6859 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6860 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6861 if (noninteractive) | |
6862 #endif | |
6863 { | |
6864 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6865 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6866 } | |
6867 } | |
52401 | 6868 |
6869 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6870 (do not change this comment) */ |